Later, King Belshazzar held a great feast for a thousand of his nobles, and he drank wine with them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     [Later,] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         [Later,] 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     King Belshazzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belshazzar = |Bel protect the king|<BR> 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
         King Belshazzar 
    
 
        
            עֲבַד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבַד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇaḏ
                
                
                     held 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇaḏ
         held 
    
 
        
            רַ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     a great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         a great 
    
 
        
            לְחֶ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחֶ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥem
                
                
                     feast 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3900 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) feast, bread 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥem
         feast 
    
 
        
            אֲלַ֑ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלַ֑ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lap̄
                
                
                     for a thousand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        506 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a thousand, 1000 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lap̄
         for a thousand 
    
 
        
            לְרַבְרְבָנ֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְרַבְרְבָנ֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     of his nobles , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, noble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
         of his nobles , 
    
 
        
            שָׁתֵֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁתֵֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·ṯêh
                
                
                     and he drank 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8355 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drink 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·ṯêh
         and he drank 
    
 
        
            חַמְרָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַמְרָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥam·rā
                
                
                     wine 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2562 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥam·rā
         wine 
    
 
        
            וְלָקֳבֵ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקֳבֵ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qo·ḇêl
         with 
    
 
        
            אַלְפָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַלְפָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al·pā
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        506 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a thousand, 1000 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al·pā
         them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Under the influence of the wine, Belshazzar gave orders to bring in the gold and silver vessels that Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken from the temple in Jerusalem, so that the king could drink from them, along with his nobles, his wives, and his concubines.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חַמְרָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַמְרָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥam·rā
                
                
                     Under the influence of the wine , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2562 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥam·rā
         Under the influence of the wine , 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֞ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֞ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belshazzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belshazzar = |Bel protect the king|<BR> 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belshazzar 
    
 
        
            אֲמַ֣ר׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַ֣ר׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     gave orders 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         gave orders 
    
 
        
            בִּטְעֵ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּטְעֵ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biṭ·‘êm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biṭ·‘êm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְהַיְתָיָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַיְתָיָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hay·ṯā·yāh
                
                
                     to bring 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hay·ṯā·yāh
         to bring 
    
 
        
            דַּהֲבָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּהֲבָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     in the gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·hă·ḇā
         in the gold 
    
 
        
            וְכַסְפָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַסְפָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵas·pā
                
                
                     and silver 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵas·pā
         and silver 
    
 
        
            לְמָאנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמָאנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mā·nê
                
                
                     vessels 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3984 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vessel, utensil 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mā·nê
         vessels 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            אֲב֔וּהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲב֔וּהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇū·hî
                
                
                     his father 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇū·hî
         his father 
    
 
        
            הַנְפֵּק֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנְפֵּק֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·pêq
                
                
                     had taken 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go or come out, bring or come forth <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go out or forth <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·pêq
         had taken 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הֵיכְלָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵיכְלָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·ḵə·lā
                
                
                     the temple 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palace, temple <BR> 1a) palace <BR> 1b) temple (in Jerusalem) <BR> 1c) temple (pagan) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·ḵə·lā
         the temple 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     in Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·rū·šə·lem
         in Jerusalem , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     so that the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         so that the king 
    
 
        
            וְיִשְׁתּ֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִשְׁתּ֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yiš·tō·wn
                
                
                     could drink 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8355 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drink 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yiš·tō·wn
         could drink 
    
 
        
            בְּה֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּה֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hō·wn
                
                
                     from them , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hō·wn
         from them , 
    
 
        
            וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     along with his nobles , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, noble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
         along with his nobles , 
    
 
        
            שֵׁגְלָתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁגְלָתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·ḡə·lā·ṯêh
                
                
                     his wives , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7695 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king's wife, king's concubine, (royal) consort 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·ḡə·lā·ṯêh
         his wives , 
    
 
        
            וּלְחֵנָתֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְחֵנָתֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḥê·nā·ṯêh
                
                
                     and his concubines . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3904 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) concubine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḥê·nā·ṯêh
         and his concubines . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Thus they brought in the gold vessels that had been taken from the temple, the house of God in Jerusalem, and the king drank from them, along with his nobles, his wives, and his concubines.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֗יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֗יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Thus 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Thus 
    
 
        
            הַיְתִיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְתִיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·ṯîw
                
                
                     they brought in 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·ṯîw
         they brought in 
    
 
        
            דַהֲבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַהֲבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏa·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     the gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏa·hă·ḇā
         the gold 
    
 
        
            מָאנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָאנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·nê
                
                
                     vessels 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3984 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vessel, utensil 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·nê
         vessels 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            הַנְפִּ֗קוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנְפִּ֗קוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·pi·qū
                
                
                     had been taken 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go or come out, bring or come forth <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go out or forth <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·pi·qū
         had been taken 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הֵֽיכְלָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵֽיכְלָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·ḵə·lā
                
                
                     the temple , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palace, temple <BR> 1a) palace <BR> 1b) temple (in Jerusalem) <BR> 1c) temple (pagan) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·ḵə·lā
         the temple , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בֵ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     of God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         of God 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בִירֽוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִירֽוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     in Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·rū·šə·lem
         in Jerusalem , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     and the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         and the king 
    
 
        
            וְאִשְׁתִּ֣יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִשְׁתִּ֣יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’iš·tîw
                
                
                     drank 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8355 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drink 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’iš·tîw
         drank 
    
 
        
            בְּה֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּה֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hō·wn
                
                
                     from them , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hō·wn
         from them , 
    
 
        
            וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     along with his nobles , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, noble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
         along with his nobles , 
    
 
        
            שֵׁגְלָתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁגְלָתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·ḡə·lā·ṯêh
                
                
                     his wives , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7695 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king's wife, king's concubine, (royal) consort 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·ḡə·lā·ṯêh
         his wives , 
    
 
        
            וּלְחֵנָתֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְחֵנָתֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḥê·nā·ṯêh
                
                
                     and his concubines . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3904 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) concubine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḥê·nā·ṯêh
         and his concubines . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As they drank the wine, they praised their gods of gold and silver, bronze and iron, wood and stone.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אִשְׁתִּ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִשְׁתִּ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’iš·tîw
                
                
                     As they drank 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8355 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drink 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’iš·tîw
         As they drank 
    
 
        
            חַמְרָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַמְרָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥam·rā
                
                
                     the wine , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2562 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥam·rā
         the wine , 
    
 
        
            וְ֠שַׁבַּחוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠שַׁבַּחוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šab·ba·ḥū
                
                
                     they praised 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to laud, praise, adulate, adore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šab·ba·ḥū
         they praised 
    
 
        
            לֵֽאלָהֵ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽאלָהֵ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lā·hê
                
                
                     [their] gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lā·hê
         [their] gods 
    
 
        
            דַּהֲבָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּהֲבָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     of gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·hă·ḇā
         of gold 
    
 
        
            וְכַסְפָּ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַסְפָּ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵas·pā
                
                
                     and silver , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵas·pā
         and silver , 
    
 
        
            נְחָשָׁ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְחָשָׁ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḥā·šā
                
                
                     bronze 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḥā·šā
         bronze 
    
 
        
            פַרְזְלָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזְלָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zə·lā
                
                
                     and iron , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zə·lā
         and iron , 
    
 
        
            אָעָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָעָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·‘ā
                
                
                     wood 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        636 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wood, beam, timber 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·‘ā
         wood 
    
 
        
            וְאַבְנָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַבְנָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aḇ·nā
                
                
                     and stone . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        69 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone <BR> 1a) a (the) stone <BR> 1b) stone, material of idols and buildings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aḇ·nā
         and stone . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At that moment the fingers of a human hand appeared and wrote on the plaster of the wall, near the lampstand in the royal palace. As the king watched the hand that was writing,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בַּהּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּהּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bah-
                
                
                     At 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bah-
         At 
    
 
        
            שַׁעֲתָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁעֲתָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ša·‘ă·ṯāh
                
                
                     that moment 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brief time, moment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ša·‘ă·ṯāh
         that moment 
    
 
        
            אֶצְבְּעָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶצְבְּעָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṣ·bə·‘ān
                
                
                     the fingers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) finger, toe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṣ·bə·‘ān
         the fingers 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            אֱנָ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱנָ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     a human 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·nāš
         a human 
    
 
        
            יַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḏ-
                
                
                     hand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḏ-
         hand 
    
 
        
            נְפַקוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְפַקוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·p̄a·qū
                
                
                     appeared 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go or come out, bring or come forth <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go out or forth <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·p̄a·qū
         appeared 
    
 
        
            וְכָֽתְבָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָֽתְבָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵā·ṯə·ḇān
                
                
                     and wrote 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3790 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to write <BR> 1a) (P'al) to write, to be written 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵā·ṯə·ḇān
         and wrote 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            גִּירָ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּירָ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gî·rā
                
                
                     the plaster 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1528 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chalk, plaster 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gî·rā
         the plaster 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            כְתַ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתַ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯal
                
                
                     the wall , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3797 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯal
         the wall , 
    
 
        
            לָקֳבֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָקֳבֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     near 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·qo·ḇêl
         near 
    
 
        
            נֶבְרַשְׁתָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶבְרַשְׁתָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    neḇ·raš·tā
                
                
                     the lampstand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5043 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp stand, candlestick <BR> 1a) not the 7 branch candlestick of the temple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        neḇ·raš·tā
         the lampstand 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         in 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the royal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the royal 
    
 
        
            הֵיכְלָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵיכְלָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·ḵə·lā
                
                
                     palace . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palace, temple <BR> 1a) palace <BR> 1b) temple (in Jerusalem) <BR> 1c) temple (pagan) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·ḵə·lā
         palace . 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·kā
                
                
                     As the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·kā
         As the king 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     watched 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         watched 
    
 
        
            פַּ֥ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּ֥ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pas
                
                
                     the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6447 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palm of the hand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pas
         the hand 
    
 
        
            יְדָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            כָתְבָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָתְבָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵā·ṯə·ḇāh
                
                
                     was writing , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3790 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to write <BR> 1a) (P'al) to write, to be written 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵā·ṯə·ḇāh
         was writing , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            his face grew pale and his thoughts so alarmed him that his hips gave way and his knees knocked together.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֤יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֤יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         - 
    
 
        
            זִיוֺ֣הִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִיוֺ֣הִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zi·yō·hî
                
                
                     his face 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brightness, splendour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zi·yō·hî
         his face 
    
 
        
            שְׁנ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     grew pale 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nō·w·hî
         grew pale 
    
 
        
            וְרַעיֹנֹ֖הִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַעיֹנֹ֖הִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ra·ʿ·yō·nō·hī
                
                
                     and his thoughts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7476 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ra·ʿ·yō·nō·hī
         and his thoughts 
    
 
        
            יְבַהֲלוּנֵּ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַהֲלוּנֵּ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·hă·lūn·nêh
                
                
                     so alarmed him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·hă·lūn·nêh
         so alarmed him 
    
 
        
            חַרְצֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְצֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·ṣêh
                
                
                     that his hips 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2783 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) loin, hip, hip joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·ṣêh
         that his hips 
    
 
        
            וְקִטְרֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִטְרֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qiṭ·rê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7001 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knot, joint, problem <BR> 1a) joints (of the hip) <BR> 1b) difficulties, doubts (fig) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qiṭ·rê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁתָּרַ֔יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁתָּרַ֔יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·tā·ra·yin
                
                
                     gave way 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to loosen, abide, begin <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to loosen <BR> 1a2) to abide (from loosing girths for camp) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to begin, open <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be loosened 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·tā·ra·yin
         gave way 
    
 
        
            וְאַ֨רְכֻבָּתֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַ֨רְכֻבָּתֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·ḵub·bā·ṯêh
                
                
                     and his knees 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knee 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·ḵub·bā·ṯêh
         and his knees 
    
 
        
            דָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā
                
                
                     knocked together 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1668 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, one ... to ... another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā
         knocked together 
    
 
        
            לְדָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1668 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, one ... to ... another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נָֽקְשָֽׁן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָֽקְשָֽׁן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·qə·šān
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5368 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to knock (of knees) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·qə·šān
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The king called out for the enchanters, astrologers, and diviners to be brought in, and he said to these wise men of Babylon, “Whoever reads this inscription and tells me its interpretation will be clothed in purple and have a gold chain placed around his neck, and he will be made the third highest ruler in the kingdom.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king 
    
 
        
            בְּחַ֔יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחַ֔יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥa·yil
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2429 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, army, power <BR> 1a) power <BR> 1b) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥa·yil
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קָרֵ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָרֵ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·rê
                
                
                     called out for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·rê
         called out for 
    
 
        
            לְאָ֣שְׁפַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאָ֣שְׁפַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ā·šə·p̄ay·yā
                
                
                     the enchanters , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        826 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) conjurer, enchanter, (CLBL) necromancer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ā·šə·p̄ay·yā
         the enchanters , 
    
 
        
            כַּשְׂדָּיֵא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּשְׂדָּיֵא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kaś·då̄·yē
                
                
                     astrologers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldean = |clod breakers|<BR> 1) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 2) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kaś·då̄·yē
         astrologers , 
    
 
        
            וְגָזְרַיָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגָזְרַיָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡā·zə·ray·yā
                
                
                     and diviners 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, determine <BR> 1a) (P'al) determiner (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be cut out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡā·zə·ray·yā
         and diviners 
    
 
        
            לְהֶֽעָלָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהֶֽעָלָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·he·‘ā·lāh
                
                
                     to be brought in , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·he·‘ā·lāh
         to be brought in , 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     and he 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         and he 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֣ר׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֣ר׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         said 
    
 
        
            לְחַכִּימֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחַכִּימֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     to these wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥak·kî·mê
         to these wise men 
    
 
        
            בָבֶ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         of Babylon , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     “ Whoever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         “ Whoever 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֱ֠נָשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱ֠נָשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·nāš
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִקְרֵ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקְרֵ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·rêh
                
                
                     reads 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·rêh
         reads 
    
 
        
            דְנָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         this 
    
 
        
            כְּתָבָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּתָבָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯā·ḇāh
                
                
                     inscription 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯā·ḇāh
         inscription 
    
 
        
            יְחַוִּנַּ֔נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְחַוִּנַּ֔נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḥaw·win·na·nî
                
                
                     and tells me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḥaw·win·na·nî
         and tells me 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     its interpretation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         its interpretation 
    
 
        
            יִלְבַּ֗שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִלְבַּ֗שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yil·baš
                
                
                     will be clothed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be clothed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be clothed <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to clothe someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yil·baš
         will be clothed 
    
 
        
            אַרְגְּוָנָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְגְּוָנָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·gə·wā·nā
                
                
                     in purple 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        711 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·gə·wā·nā
         in purple 
    
 
        
            דַהֲבָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַהֲבָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏa·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     and have a gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏa·hă·ḇā
         and have a gold 
    
 
        
            וְהַמּוֹנְכָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמּוֹנְכָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·mō·nə·ḵå̄
                
                
                     chain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) necklace, chain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·mō·nə·ḵå̄
         chain 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     placed around 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         placed around 
    
 
        
            צַוְּארֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַוְּארֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣaw·wə·rêh
                
                
                     his neck , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) neck 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣaw·wə·rêh
         his neck , 
    
 
        
            וְתַלְתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתַלְתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯal·tî
                
                
                     and he will be made the third 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) third <BR> 1a) third (the ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯal·tî
         and he will be made the third 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁלַֽט׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁלַֽט׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·laṭ
                
                
                     highest ruler 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have power, rule, domineer, rule over <BR> 1a) (P'al) have power upon or over, rule, fall upon, assault, be ruler <BR> 1b) (Aphel) make ruler 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·laṭ
         highest ruler 
    
 
        
            בְמַלְכוּתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְמַלְכוּתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     in the kingdom . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·mal·ḵū·ṯā
         in the kingdom . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So all the king’s wise men came in, but they could not read the inscription or interpret it for him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōl
         all 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king’s 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king’s 
    
 
        
            חַכִּימֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכִּימֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥak·kî·mê
         wise men 
    
 
        
            עָלֲלִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלֲלִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿå̄·lă·līn
                
                
                     came in , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿå̄·lă·līn
         came in , 
    
 
        
            כָהֲלִ֤ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָהֲלִ֤ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵā·hă·lîn
                
                
                     but they could 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3546 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be able 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵā·hă·lîn
         but they could 
    
 
        
            וְלָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā-
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā-
         not 
    
 
        
            לְמִקְרֵ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִקְרֵ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miq·rê
                
                
                     read 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miq·rê
         read 
    
 
        
            כְּתָבָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּתָבָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯā·ḇā
                
                
                     the inscription 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯā·ḇā
         the inscription 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rå̄
                
                
                     or interpret it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rå̄
         or interpret it 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹדָעָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹדָעָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘āh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘āh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     for [him] . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         for [him] . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then King Belshazzar became even more terrified, his face grew even more pale, and his nobles were bewildered.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שַׂגִּ֣יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּ֣יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     became even more 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         became even more 
    
 
        
            מִתְבָּהַ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתְבָּהַ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·bā·hal
                
                
                     terrified , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·bā·hal
         terrified , 
    
 
        
            וְזִיוֺ֖הִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִיוֺ֖הִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zi·yō·hî
                
                
                     his face 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brightness, splendour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zi·yō·hî
         his face 
    
 
        
            שָׁנַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·na·yin
                
                
                     grew even more pale , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·na·yin
         grew even more pale , 
    
 
        
            עֲל֑וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲל֑וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְרַבְרְבָנ֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַבְרְבָנ֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     and his nobles 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, noble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
         and his nobles 
    
 
        
            מִֽשְׁתַּבְּשִֽׁין׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽשְׁתַּבְּשִֽׁין׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·tab·bə·šîn
                
                
                     were bewildered . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to confuse, be perplexed <BR> 1a) (Ithpael) to be perplexed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·tab·bə·šîn
         were bewildered . 
    
 
        
            אֱ֠דַיִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱ֠דַיִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            בֵלְשַׁאצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵלְשַׁאצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belshazzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belshazzar = |Bel protect the king|<BR> 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belshazzar 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Hearing the outcry of the king and his nobles, the queen entered the banquet hall. “O king, may you live forever!” she said. “Do not let your thoughts terrify you, or your face grow pale.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לָקֳבֵ֨ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָקֳבֵ֨ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     Hearing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·qo·ḇêl
         Hearing 
    
 
        
            מִלֵּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלֵּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lê
                
                
                     the outcry 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lê
         the outcry 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     of the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         of the king 
    
 
        
            וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     and his nobles , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, noble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
         and his nobles , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכְּתָ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכְּתָ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kə·ṯā
                
                
                     the queen 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) queen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kə·ṯā
         the queen 
    
 
        
            עַלֲלַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַלֲלַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿa·lă·laṯ
                
                
                     entered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿa·lă·laṯ
         entered 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁתְּיָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁתְּיָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·tə·yā
                
                
                     the banquet 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) feast, banquet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·tə·yā
         the banquet 
    
 
        
            לְבֵ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבֵ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     hall . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇêṯ
         hall . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     “ O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         “ O king , 
    
 
        
            חֱיִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֱיִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥĕ·yî
                
                
                     may you live 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2418 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live <BR> 1a) (P'al) to live <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let live, keep alive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥĕ·yî
         may you live 
    
 
        
            לְעָלְמִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָלְמִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
                
                
                     forever ! ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
         forever ! ” 
    
 
        
            עֲנָ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנָ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nāṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nāṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְכְּתָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכְּתָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kə·ṯā
                
                
                     [she] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) queen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kə·ṯā
         [she] 
    
 
        
            וַאֲמֶ֗רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲמֶ֗רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·me·reṯ
                
                
                     said . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·me·reṯ
         said . 
    
 
        
            אַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al-
                
                
                     “ Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        409 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al-
         “ Do not 
    
 
        
            רַעְיוֹנָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַעְיוֹנָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ra‘·yō·w·nāḵ
                
                
                     let your thoughts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7476 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ra‘·yō·w·nāḵ
         let your thoughts 
    
 
        
            יְבַהֲלוּךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַהֲלוּךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·hă·lūḵ
                
                
                     terrify you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine plural | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·hă·lūḵ
         terrify you , 
    
 
        
            וְזִיוָ֖יךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִיוָ֖יךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zî·wāyḵ
                
                
                     or your face 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brightness, splendour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zî·wāyḵ
         or your face 
    
 
        
            אַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        409 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁתַּנּֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁתַּנּֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·tan·nōw
                
                
                     grow pale . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·tan·nōw
         grow pale . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            There is a man in your kingdom who has the spirit of the holy gods in him. In the days of your father he was found to have insight, intelligence, and wisdom like that of the gods. Your father, King Nebuchadnezzar, appointed him chief of the magicians, enchanters, astrologers, and diviners. Your own father, the king,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אִיתַ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     There is 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         There is 
    
 
        
            גְּבַ֜ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּבַ֜ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇar
                
                
                     a man 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇar
         a man 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכוּתָ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכוּתָ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵū·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     in your kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵū·ṯāḵ
         in your kingdom 
    
 
        
            דִּ֠י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֠י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         who 
    
 
        
            ר֣וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ר֣וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ
                
                
                     has the spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ
         has the spirit 
    
 
        
            קַדִּישִׁין֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישִׁין֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šîn
                
                
                     of the holy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šîn
         of the holy 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         gods 
    
 
        
            בֵּהּ֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּהּ֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh
                
                
                     in him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh
         in him . 
    
 
        
            וּבְיוֹמֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְיוֹמֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·yō·w·mê
                
                
                     In the days 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·yō·w·mê
         In the days 
    
 
        
            אֲב֗וּךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲב֗וּךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇūḵ
                
                
                     of your father 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇūḵ
         of your father 
    
 
        
            הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     he was found 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
         he was found 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh
         
    
 
        
            נַהִיר֧וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַהִיר֧וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·hî·rū
                
                
                     to have insight , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5094 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·hî·rū
         to have insight , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śā·ḵə·lə·ṯā·nū
                
                
                     intelligence , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7924 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) insight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śā·ḵə·lə·ṯā·nū
         intelligence , 
    
 
        
            וְחָכְמָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחָכְמָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥā·ḵə·māh
                
                
                     and wisdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥā·ḵə·māh
         and wisdom 
    
 
        
            כְּחָכְמַת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּחָכְמַת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḥā·ḵə·maṯ-
                
                
                     like [that] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḥā·ḵə·maṯ-
         like [that] 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     of the gods . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         of the gods . 
    
 
        
            אֲב֔וּךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲב֔וּךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇūḵ
                
                
                     Your father , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇūḵ
         Your father , 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            הֲקִימֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקִימֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qî·mêh
                
                
                     appointed him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qî·mêh
         appointed him 
    
 
        
            רַ֧ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֧ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     chief 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         chief 
    
 
        
            חַרְטֻמִּ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְטֻמִּ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·ṭum·mîn
                
                
                     of the magicians , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) magician, magician-astrologer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·ṭum·mîn
         of the magicians , 
    
 
        
            אָֽשְׁפִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽשְׁפִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šə·p̄în
                
                
                     enchanters , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        826 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) conjurer, enchanter, (CLBL) necromancer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šə·p̄în
         enchanters , 
    
 
        
            כַּשְׂדָּאִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּשְׂדָּאִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kaś·dā·’în
                
                
                     astrologers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldean = |clod breakers|<BR> 1) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 2) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kaś·dā·’în
         astrologers , 
    
 
        
            גָּזְרִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּזְרִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·zə·rîn
                
                
                     [and] diviners . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, determine <BR> 1a) (P'al) determiner (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be cut out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·zə·rîn
         [and] diviners . 
    
 
        
            אֲב֥וּךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲב֥וּךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇūḵ
                
                
                     Your own father , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇūḵ
         Your own father , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            did this because Daniel, the one he named Belteshazzar, was found to have an extraordinary spirit, as well as knowledge, understanding, and the ability to interpret dreams, explain riddles, and solve difficult problems. Summon Daniel, therefore, and he will give you the interpretation.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     did this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         did this 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֡ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֡ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         because 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     the one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         the one 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     [he] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         [he] 
    
 
        
            שָׂם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śām-
                
                
                     named 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śām-
         named 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8036 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belteshazzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belteshazzar = |lord of the straitened's treasure|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Daniel' ( H01840 or H01841) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belteshazzar , 
    
 
        
            הִשְׁתְּכַ֤חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִשְׁתְּכַ֤חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     was found 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
         was found 
    
 
        
            בֵּהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh
         
    
 
        
            יַתִּירָ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּירָ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tî·rāh
                
                
                     to have an extraordinary 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) pre-eminent, surpassing, extreme, extraordinary <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly, extremely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tî·rāh
         to have an extraordinary 
    
 
        
            ר֣וּחַ׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ר֣וּחַ׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ
                
                
                     spirit , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ
         spirit , 
    
 
        
            וּמַנְדַּ֡ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַנְדַּ֡ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·man·da‘
                
                
                     as well as knowledge , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knowledge, power of knowing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·man·da‘
         as well as knowledge , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֡וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֡וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śā·ḵə·lə·ṯā·nū
                
                
                     understanding , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7924 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) insight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śā·ḵə·lə·ṯā·nū
         understanding , 
    
 
        
            מְפַשַּׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְפַשַּׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·p̄aš·šar
                
                
                     and the ability to interpret 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6590 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to interpret <BR> 1a) (P'al) to interpret <BR> 1b) (Pael) to interpret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·p̄aš·šar
         and the ability to interpret 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמִין֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמִין֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mîn
                
                
                     dreams , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mîn
         dreams , 
    
 
        
            וַֽאַֽחֲוָיַ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽאַֽחֲוָיַ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’a·ḥă·wā·yaṯ
                
                
                     explain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        263 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) declaration, a declaring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’a·ḥă·wā·yaṯ
         explain 
    
 
        
            אֲחִידָ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחִידָ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥî·ḏān
                
                
                     riddles , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        280 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) puzzle, riddle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥî·ḏān
         riddles , 
    
 
        
            וּמְשָׁרֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְשָׁרֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·šā·rê
                
                
                     and solve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to loosen, abide, begin <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to loosen <BR> 1a2) to abide (from loosing girths for camp) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to begin, open <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be loosened 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·šā·rê
         and solve 
    
 
        
            קִטְרִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִטְרִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qiṭ·rîn
                
                
                     difficult problems . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7001 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knot, joint, problem <BR> 1a) joints (of the hip) <BR> 1b) difficulties, doubts (fig) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qiṭ·rîn
         difficult problems . 
    
 
        
            יִתְקְרֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְקְרֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·qə·rê
                
                
                     Summon 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·qə·rê
         Summon 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּ֥אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּ֥אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel , 
    
 
        
            כְּעַ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּעַ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·‘an
                
                
                     therefore , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now, at this time, until now 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·‘an
         therefore , 
    
 
        
            יְהַֽחֲוֵֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַֽחֲוֵֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ha·ḥă·wêh
                
                
                     and he will give you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ha·ḥă·wêh
         and he will give you 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rāh
                
                
                     the interpretation . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rāh
         the interpretation . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Daniel was brought before the king, who asked him, “Are you Daniel, one of the exiles my father the king brought from Judah?
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            הֻעַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֻעַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hu·‘al
                
                
                     was brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hu·‘al
         was brought 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         before 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king , 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     [who] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         [who] 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     asked 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         asked 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֗אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֗אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         him , 
    
 
        
            אַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     “ Are you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·tå̄h
         “ Are you 
    
 
        
            ה֤וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֤וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דָנִיֵּאל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָנִיֵּאל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         one 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         of 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            יְה֔וּד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְה֔וּד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hūḏ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3061 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Judah-the territory of the tribe of Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hūḏ
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the exiles 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, child 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the exiles 
    
 
        
            גָלוּתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָלוּתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡā·lū·ṯā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡā·lū·ṯā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            אַ֖בִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֖בִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḇî
                
                
                     my father 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḇî
         my father 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            הַיְתִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְתִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·ṯî
                
                
                     brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·ṯî
         brought 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            יְהֽוּד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהֽוּד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hūḏ
                
                
                     Judah ? 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3061 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Judah-the territory of the tribe of Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hūḏ
         Judah ? 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I have heard that the spirit of the gods is in you, and that you have insight, intelligence, and extraordinary wisdom.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשִׁמְעֵ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁמְעֵ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šim·‘êṯ
                
                
                     I have heard 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šim·‘êṯ
         I have heard 
    
 
        
            עֲלַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·la·yiḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·la·yiḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            ר֥וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ר֥וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ
                
                
                     the spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ
         the spirit 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     of the gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         of the gods 
    
 
        
            בָּ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāḵ
                
                
                     is in you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāḵ
         is in you , 
    
 
        
            וְנַהִיר֧וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנַהִיר֧וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·na·hî·rū
                
                
                     and that you have insight , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5094 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·na·hî·rū
         and that you have insight , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śā·ḵə·lə·ṯā·nū
                
                
                     intelligence , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7924 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) insight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śā·ḵə·lə·ṯā·nū
         intelligence , 
    
 
        
            יַתִּירָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּירָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tî·rāh
                
                
                     and extraordinary 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) pre-eminent, surpassing, extreme, extraordinary <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly, extremely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tî·rāh
         and extraordinary 
    
 
        
            הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
         
    
 
        
            בָּֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāḵ
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāḵ
         
    
 
        
            וְחָכְמָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחָכְמָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥā·ḵə·māh
                
                
                     wisdom . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥā·ḵə·māh
         wisdom . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now the wise men and enchanters were brought before me to read this inscription and interpret it for me, but they could not give its interpretation.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּכְעַ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְעַ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·‘an
                
                
                     Now 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now, at this time, until now 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·‘an
         Now 
    
 
        
            חַכִּֽימַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכִּֽימַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥak·kî·may·yā
                
                
                     the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥak·kî·may·yā
         the wise men 
    
 
        
            אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šə·p̄ay·yā
                
                
                     and enchanters 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        826 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) conjurer, enchanter, (CLBL) necromancer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šə·p̄ay·yā
         and enchanters 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֻעַ֣לּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֻעַ֣לּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hu·‘al·lū
                
                
                     were brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hu·‘al·lū
         were brought 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמַ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמַ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·may
                
                
                     before me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·may
         before me 
    
 
        
            יִקְר֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקְר֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·rō·wn
                
                
                     to read 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·rō·wn
         to read 
    
 
        
            דְנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         this 
    
 
        
            כְתָבָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתָבָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯā·ḇāh
                
                
                     inscription 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯā·ḇāh
         inscription 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     and interpret it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         and interpret it 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹדָעֻתַ֑נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹדָעֻתַ֑נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘u·ṯa·nî
                
                
                     for me , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘u·ṯa·nî
         for me , 
    
 
        
            כָהֲלִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָהֲלִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵā·hă·lîn
                
                
                     but they could 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3546 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be able 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵā·hă·lîn
         but they could 
    
 
        
            וְלָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā-
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā-
         not 
    
 
        
            לְהַחֲוָיָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַחֲוָיָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
                
                
                     give 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
         give 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     its 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         its 
    
 
        
            פְּשַֽׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּשַֽׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·šar-
                
                
                     interpretation . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·šar-
         interpretation . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But I have heard about you, that you are able to give interpretations and solve difficult problems. Therefore, if you can read this inscription and give me its interpretation, you will be clothed in purple and have a gold chain placed around your neck, and you will be made the third highest ruler in the kingdom.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַאֲנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·nāh
                
                
                     But 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·nāh
         But 
    
 
        
            שִׁמְעֵ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁמְעֵ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šim·‘êṯ
                
                
                     I have heard 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šim·‘êṯ
         I have heard 
    
 
        
            עֲלַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·la·yiḵ
                
                
                     about you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·la·yiḵ
         about you , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            תוּכַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תוּכַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯū·ḵal
                
                
                     you are able 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯū·ḵal
         you are able 
    
 
        
            פִּשְׁרִ֛ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּשְׁרִ֛ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    piš·rîn
                
                
                     to give interpretations 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        piš·rîn
         to give interpretations 
    
 
        
            לְמִפְשַׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִפְשַׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mip̄·šar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6590 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to interpret <BR> 1a) (P'al) to interpret <BR> 1b) (Pael) to interpret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mip̄·šar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁרֵ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁרֵ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·rê
                
                
                     and solve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to loosen, abide, begin <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to loosen <BR> 1a2) to abide (from loosing girths for camp) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to begin, open <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be loosened 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·rê
         and solve 
    
 
        
            וְקִטְרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִטְרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qiṭ·rîn
                
                
                     difficult problems . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7001 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knot, joint, problem <BR> 1a) joints (of the hip) <BR> 1b) difficulties, doubts (fig) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qiṭ·rîn
         difficult problems . 
    
 
        
            כְּעַ֡ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּעַ֡ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·‘an
                
                
                     Therefore , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now, at this time, until now 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·‘an
         Therefore , 
    
 
        
            הֵן֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵן֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên
                
                
                     if 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên
         if 
    
 
        
            תּוּכַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תּוּכַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tū·ḵal
                
                
                     you can 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tū·ḵal
         you can 
    
 
        
            לְמִקְרֵ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִקְרֵ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miq·rê
                
                
                     read 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miq·rê
         read 
    
 
        
            כְּתָבָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּתָבָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯā·ḇā
                
                
                     this inscription 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯā·ḇā
         this inscription 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹדָ֣עֻתַ֔נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹדָ֣עֻתַ֔נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘u·ṯa·nî
                
                
                     and give me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘u·ṯa·nî
         and give me 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     its interpretation , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         its interpretation , 
    
 
        
            תִלְבַּ֗שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִלְבַּ֗שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯil·baš
                
                
                     you will be clothed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be clothed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be clothed <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to clothe someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯil·baš
         you will be clothed 
    
 
        
            אַרְגְּוָנָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְגְּוָנָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·gə·wā·nā
                
                
                     in purple 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        711 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·gə·wā·nā
         in purple 
    
 
        
            דַהֲבָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַהֲבָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏa·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     and have a gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏa·hă·ḇā
         and have a gold 
    
 
        
            וְהַמּוֹנְכָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמּוֹנְכָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·mō·nə·ḵå̄
                
                
                     chain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) necklace, chain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·mō·nə·ḵå̄
         chain 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     placed around 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         placed around 
    
 
        
            צַוְּארָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַוְּארָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣaw·wə·rāḵ
                
                
                     your neck , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) neck 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣaw·wə·rāḵ
         your neck , 
    
 
        
            וְתַלְתָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתַלְתָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯal·tā
                
                
                     and you will be made the third 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8531 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) third, one of three, a third part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯal·tā
         and you will be made the third 
    
 
        
            תִּשְׁלַֽט׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּשְׁלַֽט׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiš·laṭ
                
                
                     highest ruler 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have power, rule, domineer, rule over <BR> 1a) (P'al) have power upon or over, rule, fall upon, assault, be ruler <BR> 1b) (Aphel) make ruler 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiš·laṭ
         highest ruler 
    
 
        
            בְמַלְכוּתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְמַלְכוּתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     in the kingdom . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·mal·ḵū·ṯā
         in the kingdom . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In response, Daniel said to the king, “You may keep your gifts for yourself and give your rewards to someone else. Nevertheless, I will read the inscription for the king and interpret it for him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     In response , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         In response , 
    
 
        
            דָנִיֵּ֗אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָנִיֵּ֗אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         said 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     to the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         to the king , 
    
 
        
            לֶֽהֶוְיָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶֽהֶוְיָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hew·yān
                
                
                     “ You may keep 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hew·yān
         “ You may keep 
    
 
        
            מַתְּנָתָךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַתְּנָתָךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mat·tə·nā·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     your gifts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4978 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mat·tə·nā·ṯāḵ
         your gifts 
    
 
        
            לָ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     for yourself 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         for yourself 
    
 
        
            הַ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haḇ
                
                
                     and give 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haḇ
         and give 
    
 
        
            וּנְבָ֥זְבְּיָתָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְבָ֥זְבְּיָתָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ḇā·zə·bə·yā·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     your rewards 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5023 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ḇā·zə·bə·yā·ṯāḵ
         your rewards 
    
 
        
            לְאָחֳרָ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאָחֳרָ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ā·ḥo·rān
                
                
                     to someone else . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ā·ḥo·rān
         to someone else . 
    
 
        
            בְּרַ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרַ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ram
                
                
                     Nevertheless , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1297 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) only, nevertheless, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ram
         Nevertheless , 
    
 
        
            אֶקְרֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶקְרֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eq·rê
                
                
                     I will read 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eq·rê
         I will read 
    
 
        
            כְּתָבָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּתָבָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯā·ḇā
                
                
                     the inscription 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯā·ḇā
         the inscription 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     for the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         for the king 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rā
                
                
                     and interpret it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rā
         and interpret it 
    
 
        
            אֲהוֹדְעִנֵּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲהוֹדְעִנֵּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·hō·wḏ·‘in·nêh
                
                
                     for him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·hō·wḏ·‘in·nêh
         for him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As for you, O king, the Most High God gave your father Nebuchadnezzar sovereignty and greatness, glory and honor.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     As for you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·tå̄h
         As for you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
         the Most High 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         God 
    
 
        
            יְהַ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·haḇ
                
                
                     gave 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·haḇ
         gave 
    
 
        
            אֲבֽוּךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבֽוּךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇūḵ
                
                
                     your father 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇūḵ
         your father 
    
 
        
            לִנְבֻכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִנְבֻכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lin·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lin·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     sovereignty 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         sovereignty 
    
 
        
            וּרְבוּתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְבוּתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·ḇū·ṯā
                
                
                     and greatness , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7238 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) greatness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·ḇū·ṯā
         and greatness , 
    
 
        
            וִיקָרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיקָרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·qā·rā
                
                
                     glory 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, esteem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·qā·rā
         glory 
    
 
        
            וְהַדְרָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַדְרָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haḏ·rāh
                
                
                     and honor . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1923 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, majesty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haḏ·rāh
         and honor . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Because of the greatness that He bestowed on him, the people of every nation and language trembled in fear before him. He killed whom he wished and kept alive whom he wished; he exalted whom he wished and humbled whom he wished.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min-
                
                
                     Because of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min-
         Because of 
    
 
        
            רְבוּתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבוּתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇū·ṯā
                
                
                     the greatness 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7238 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) greatness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇū·ṯā
         the greatness 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהַב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·haḇ-
                
                
                     He bestowed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·haḇ-
         He bestowed 
    
 
        
            לֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     on him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         on him , 
    
 
        
            עַֽמְמַיָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽמְמַיָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·may·yā
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·may·yā
         the people 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōl
                
                
                     of every 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōl
         of every 
    
 
        
            אֻמַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֻמַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’u·may·yā
                
                
                     nation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people, tribe, nation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’u·may·yā
         nation 
    
 
        
            וְלִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
                
                
                     and language 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tongue, language <BR> 1a) tongue, language <BR> 1b) people (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
         and language 
    
 
        
            הֲו֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲו֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wōw
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wōw
         vvv 
    
 
        
            זָאֲעִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָאֲעִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zå̄·ʾă·ʿīn
                
                
                     trembled 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2112 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pe) to tremble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zå̄·ʾă·ʿīn
         trembled 
    
 
        
            וְדָחֲלִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָחֲלִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·ḥă·lîn
                
                
                     in fear 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fear <BR> 1a2) terrible (pass participle) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to cause to be afraid, make afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·ḥă·lîn
         in fear 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         before 
    
 
        
            קֳדָמ֑וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָמ֑וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏā·mō·w·hî
                
                
                     him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏā·mō·w·hî
         him . 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wā
                
                
                     He 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wā
         He 
    
 
        
            קָטֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָטֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ṭêl
                
                
                     killed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slay, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be slain <BR> 1b) (Pael) to slay <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to be slain <BR> 1d) (Ithpael) to be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ṭêl
         killed 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         whom 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     he 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         he 
    
 
        
            צָבֵ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָבֵ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·ḇê
                
                
                     wished 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·ḇê
         wished 
    
 
        
            מַחֵ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֵ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥê
                
                
                     and kept alive 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2418 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live <BR> 1a) (P'al) to live <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let live, keep alive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥê
         and kept alive 
    
 
        
            וְדִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî-
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî-
         whom 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     he 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         he 
    
 
        
            צָבֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָבֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·ḇê
                
                
                     wished ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·ḇê
         wished ; 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מָרִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָרִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·rîm
                
                
                     he exalted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7313 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be lifted up <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to exalt <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to lift oneself up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·rîm
         he exalted 
    
 
        
            וְדִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî-
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî-
         whom 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     he 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         he 
    
 
        
            צָבֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָבֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·ḇê
                
                
                     wished 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·ḇê
         wished 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַשְׁפִּֽיל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַשְׁפִּֽיל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maš·pîl
                
                
                     and humbled 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8214 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or bring low, humble <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to bring low, humble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maš·pîl
         and humbled 
    
 
        
            וְדִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî-
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî-
         whom 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     he 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         he 
    
 
        
            צָבֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָבֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·ḇê
                
                
                     wished . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·ḇê
         wished . 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But when his heart became arrogant and his spirit was hardened with pride, he was deposed from his royal throne, and his glory was taken from him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּכְדִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְדִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·ḏî
                
                
                     But when 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·ḏî
         But when 
    
 
        
            לִבְבֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְבֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·ḇêh
                
                
                     his heart 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3825 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heart, mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·ḇêh
         his heart 
    
 
        
            רִ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rim
                
                
                     became arrogant 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7313 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be lifted up <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to exalt <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to lift oneself up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rim
         became arrogant 
    
 
        
            וְרוּחֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרוּחֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rū·ḥêh
                
                
                     and his spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rū·ḥêh
         and his spirit 
    
 
        
            תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiq·p̄aṯ
                
                
                     was hardened 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a2) to grow arrogant (fig) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make strong, make firm, make stringent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiq·p̄aṯ
         was hardened 
    
 
        
            לַהֲזָדָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַהֲזָדָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·hă·zā·ḏāh
                
                
                     with pride , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2103 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act proudly, be presumptuous <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to act presumptuously 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·hă·zā·ḏāh
         with pride , 
    
 
        
            הָנְחַת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָנְחַת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·nə·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     he was deposed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5182 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to descend <BR> 1a) (P'al) to descend <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to deposit <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be deposed, be cast down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·nə·ḥaṯ
         he was deposed 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯêh
                
                
                     his royal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯêh
         his royal 
    
 
        
            כָּרְסֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּרְסֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·rə·sê
                
                
                     throne , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3764 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) throne, royal chair 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·rə·sê
         throne , 
    
 
        
            וִֽיקָרָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִֽיקָרָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·qā·rāh
                
                
                     and his glory 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, esteem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·qā·rāh
         and his glory 
    
 
        
            הֶעְדִּ֥יוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעְדִּ֥יוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he‘·di·yū
                
                
                     was taken 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he‘·di·yū
         was taken 
    
 
        
            מִנֵּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנֵּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nêh
                
                
                     from him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nêh
         from him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He was driven away from mankind, and his mind was like that of a beast. He lived with the wild donkeys and ate grass like an ox, and his body was drenched with the dew of heaven until he acknowledged that the Most High God rules over the kingdom of mankind, setting over it whom He wishes.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
         the Most High 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         God 
    
 
        
            שַׁלִּ֞יט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלִּ֞יט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·lîṭ
                
                
                     rules 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·lîṭ
         rules 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     over the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵūṯ
         over the kingdom 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     of mankind , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         of mankind , 
    
 
        
            יְהָקֵ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהָקֵ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hā·qêm
                
                
                     setting 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hā·qêm
         setting 
    
 
        
            עֲלַיֵהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַיֵהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·la·yēh
                
                
                     over it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·la·yēh
         over it 
    
 
        
            וּלְמַן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמַן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·man-
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) who?, what?, whoever, whosoever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·man-
         whom 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִצְבֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִצְבֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṣ·bêh
                
                
                     He wishes . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṣ·bêh
         He wishes . 
    
 
        
            טְרִ֜יד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְרִ֜יד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·rîḏ
                
                
                     He was driven away 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drive away, drive from, chase away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·rîḏ
         He was driven away 
    
 
        
            וּמִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min-
         from 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     mankind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, child 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         mankind 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְבֵ֣הּ׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְבֵ֣הּ׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·ḇêh
                
                
                     and his mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3825 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heart, mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·ḇêh
         and his mind 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     was like 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         was like 
    
 
        
            חֵיוְתָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוְתָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wə·ṯā
                
                
                     [that of] a beast . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wə·ṯā
         [that of] a beast . 
    
 
        
            שְׁוִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁוִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·wī
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7739 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to become like <BR> 2) (Ithpael) to be set, be made 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·wī
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְדוֹרֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדוֹרֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏō·w·rêh
                
                
                     He lived 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏō·w·rêh
         He lived 
    
 
        
            וְעִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            עֲרָֽדַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲרָֽדַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·rā·ḏay·yā
                
                
                     the wild donkeys 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6167 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wild ass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·rā·ḏay·yā
         the wild donkeys 
    
 
        
            יְטַ֣עֲמוּנֵּ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְטַ֣עֲמוּנֵּ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ṭa·‘ă·mūn·nêh
                
                
                     and ate 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2939 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to feed, cause to eat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ṭa·‘ă·mūn·nêh
         and ate 
    
 
        
            עִשְׂבָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִשְׂבָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘iś·bā
                
                
                     grass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6211 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) moth <BR> 2) herbage, grass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘iś·bā
         grass 
    
 
        
            כְתוֹרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתוֹרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯō·w·rîn
                
                
                     like an ox , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8450 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bull, young bull, ox (for sacrifice) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯō·w·rîn
         like an ox , 
    
 
        
            גִּשְׁמֵ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּשְׁמֵ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    giš·mêh
                
                
                     and his body 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        giš·mêh
         and his body 
    
 
        
            יִצְטַבַּ֑ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִצְטַבַּ֑ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṣ·ṭab·ba‘
                
                
                     was drenched 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dip, wet (something) <BR> 1a) (Pael) to wet <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be wet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṣ·ṭab·ba‘
         was drenched 
    
 
        
            וּמִטַּ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִטַּ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miṭ·ṭal
                
                
                     with the dew 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miṭ·ṭal
         with the dew 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְדַ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדַ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏa‘
                
                
                     he acknowledged 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏa‘
         he acknowledged 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But you his son, O Belshazzar, have not humbled your heart, even though you knew all this.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     But you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ʾan·tå̄h
         But you 
    
 
        
            בְּרֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rêh
                
                
                     his son , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1247 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rêh
         his son , 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     O Belshazzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belshazzar = |Bel protect the king|<BR> 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
         O Belshazzar , 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     have not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         have not 
    
 
        
            הַשְׁפֵּ֖לְתְּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשְׁפֵּ֖לְתְּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·pê·lət
                
                
                     humbled 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8214 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or bring low, humble <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to bring low, humble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·pê·lət
         humbled 
    
 
        
            לִבְבָ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְבָ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·ḇāḵ
                
                
                     your heart , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3825 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heart, mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·ḇāḵ
         your heart , 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֕ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֕ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     even though 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         even though 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְדַֽעְתָּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדַֽעְתָּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏa‘·tā
                
                
                     you knew 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏa‘·tā
         you knew 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     this . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         this . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Instead, you have exalted yourself against the Lord of heaven. The vessels from His house were brought to you, and as you drank wine from them with your nobles, wives, and concubines, you praised your gods of silver and gold, bronze and iron, wood and stone, which cannot see or hear or understand. But you have failed to glorify the God who holds in His hand your very breath and all your ways.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הִתְרוֹמַ֡מְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְרוֹמַ֡מְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·rō·w·mam·tā
                
                
                     Instead, you have exalted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7313 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be lifted up <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to exalt <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to lift oneself up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·rō·w·mam·tā
         Instead, you have exalted 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al
                
                
                     yourself against 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al
         yourself against 
    
 
        
            מָרֵֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָרֵֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·rê-
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4756 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord <BR> 1a) of king <BR> 1b) of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·rê-
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֣א׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֣א׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven . 
    
 
        
            וּלְמָֽאנַיָּ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמָֽאנַיָּ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·mā·nay·yā
                
                
                     The vessels 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3984 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vessel, utensil 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·mā·nay·yā
         The vessels 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         from 
    
 
        
            בַיְתֵ֜הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַיְתֵ֜הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇay·ṯêh
                
                
                     His house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇay·ṯêh
         His house 
    
 
        
            הַיְתִ֣יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְתִ֣יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·ṯîw
                
                
                     were brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·ṯîw
         were brought 
    
 
        
            קָדָמַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָדָמַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qå̄·ḏå̄·ma·yiḵ
                
                
                     to you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qå̄·ḏå̄·ma·yiḵ
         to you , 
    
 
        
            וְאַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     and as you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ʾan·tå̄h
         and as you 
    
 
        
            שָׁתַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁתַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·ṯa·yin
                
                
                     drank 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8355 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drink 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·ṯa·yin
         drank 
    
 
        
            חַמְרָא֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַמְרָא֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥam·rā
                
                
                     wine 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2562 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥam·rā
         wine 
    
 
        
            בְּהוֹן֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהוֹן֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hō·wn
                
                
                     from them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hō·wn
         from them 
    
 
        
            וְרַבְרְבָנַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַבְרְבָנַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·raḇ·rə·ḇå̄·na·yiḵ
                
                
                     with your nobles , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, noble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·raḇ·rə·ḇå̄·na·yiḵ
         with your nobles , 
    
 
        
            שֵֽׁגְלָתָ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵֽׁגְלָתָ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·ḡə·lā·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     wives , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7695 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king's wife, king's concubine, (royal) consort 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·ḡə·lā·ṯāḵ
         wives , 
    
 
        
            וּלְחֵנָתָךְ֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְחֵנָתָךְ֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḥê·nā·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     and concubines , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3904 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) concubine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḥê·nā·ṯāḵ
         and concubines , 
    
 
        
            שַׁבַּ֑חְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁבַּ֑חְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šab·baḥ·tā
                
                
                     you praised 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to laud, praise, adulate, adore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šab·baḥ·tā
         you praised 
    
 
        
            וְלֵֽאלָהֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֵֽאלָהֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lê·lā·hê
                
                
                     [your] gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lê·lā·hê
         [your] gods 
    
 
        
            כַסְפָּֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַסְפָּֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵas·pā-
                
                
                     of silver 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵas·pā-
         of silver 
    
 
        
            וְ֠דַהֲבָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠דַהֲבָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏa·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     and gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏa·hă·ḇā
         and gold , 
    
 
        
            נְחָשָׁ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְחָשָׁ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḥā·šā
                
                
                     bronze 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḥā·šā
         bronze 
    
 
        
            פַרְזְלָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזְלָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zə·lā
                
                
                     and iron , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zə·lā
         and iron , 
    
 
        
            אָעָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָעָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·‘ā
                
                
                     wood 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        636 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wood, beam, timber 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·‘ā
         wood 
    
 
        
            וְאַבְנָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַבְנָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aḇ·nā
                
                
                     and stone , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        69 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone <BR> 1a) a (the) stone <BR> 1b) stone, material of idols and buildings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aḇ·nā
         and stone , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֠י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֠י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         which 
    
 
        
            לָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     cannot 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         cannot 
    
 
        
            חָזַ֧יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזַ֧יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·za·yin
                
                
                     see 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·za·yin
         see 
    
 
        
            וְלָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā-
                
                
                     or 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā-
         or 
    
 
        
            שָׁמְעִ֛ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁמְעִ֛ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·mə·‘în
                
                
                     hear 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·mə·‘în
         hear 
    
 
        
            וְלָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā
                
                
                     or 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā
         or 
    
 
        
            יָדְעִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדְעִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏə·‘în
                
                
                     understand . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏə·‘în
         understand . 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     But you have failed to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         But you have failed to 
    
 
        
            הַדַּֽרְתָּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדַּֽרְתָּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dar·tā
                
                
                     glorify 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to glorify (God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dar·tā
         glorify 
    
 
        
            וְלֵֽאלָהָ֞א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֵֽאלָהָ֞א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lê·lā·hā
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lê·lā·hā
         the God 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            לֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     holds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         holds 
    
 
        
            בִּידֵ֛הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּידֵ֛הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî·ḏêh
                
                
                     in His hand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî·ḏêh
         in His hand 
    
 
        
            נִשְׁמְתָ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִשְׁמְתָ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niš·mə·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     your very breath 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5396 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breath, spirit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niš·mə·ṯāḵ
         your very breath 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            אֹרְחָתָ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹרְחָתָ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·rə·ḥā·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     your ways . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, path, course of life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·rə·ḥā·ṯāḵ
         your ways . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore He sent the hand that wrote the inscription.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Therefore 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Therefore 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קֳדָמ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָמ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏā·mō·w·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏā·mō·w·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שְׁלִ֖יַחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלִ֖יַחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·li·ya·aḥ
                
                
                     He sent 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to send, send out <BR> 1a2) to be sent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·li·ya·aḥ
         He sent 
    
 
        
            פַּסָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּסָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pas·sā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6447 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palm of the hand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pas·sā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְדָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏā
                
                
                     the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏā
         the hand 
    
 
        
            רְשִֽׁים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְשִֽׁים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·šîm
                
                
                     that wrote 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1a) (P'al) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1b) (P'al) <BR> 1b1) to be inscribed, be written <BR> 1b2) to be signed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·šîm
         that wrote 
    
 
        
            דְנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     the 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         the 
    
 
        
            וּכְתָבָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְתָבָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·ṯā·ḇā
                
                
                     inscription . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·ṯā·ḇā
         inscription . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now this is the inscription that was written: MENE, MENE, TEKEL, PARSIN.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּדְנָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּדְנָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     Now this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḏə·nāh
         Now this 
    
 
        
            כְתָבָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתָבָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯā·ḇā
                
                
                     is the inscription 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯā·ḇā
         is the inscription 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            רְשִׁ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְשִׁ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·šîm
                
                
                     was written : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1a) (P'al) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1b) (P'al) <BR> 1b1) to be inscribed, be written <BR> 1b2) to be signed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·šîm
         was written : 
    
 
        
            מְנֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·nê
                
                
                     MENE , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4484 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) mina, maneh <BR> 1a) a weight or measurement; usually 50 shekels but maybe 60 shekels 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·nê
         MENE , 
    
 
        
            מְנֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·nê
                
                
                     MENE , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4484 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) mina, maneh <BR> 1a) a weight or measurement; usually 50 shekels but maybe 60 shekels 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·nê
         MENE , 
    
 
        
            תְּקֵ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּקֵ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·qêl
                
                
                     TEKEL , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8625 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to weigh <BR> 1a) (P'il) to be weighed <BR> n m <BR> 2) tekel, shekel <BR> 2a) (P'al) tekel-a unit of weight, shekel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·qêl
         TEKEL , 
    
 
        
            וּפַרְסִֽין׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפַרְסִֽין׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ar·sîn
                
                
                     PARSIN . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6537 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) (P'al) to break in two, divide <BR> n m <BR> 2) half-mina, half-shekel <BR> 2a) a unit of measure and weight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ar·sîn
         PARSIN . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And this is the interpretation of the message: MENE means that God has numbered the days of your reign and brought it to an end.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דְּנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     [And] this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         [And] this 
    
 
        
            פְּשַֽׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּשַֽׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·šar-
                
                
                     is the interpretation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·šar-
         is the interpretation 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     of the message : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         of the message : 
    
 
        
            מְנֵ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנֵ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·nê
                
                
                     MENE 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4484 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) mina, maneh <BR> 1a) a weight or measurement; usually 50 shekels but maybe 60 shekels 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·nê
         MENE 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     means that God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         means that God 
    
 
        
            מְנָֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנָֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·nāh-
                
                
                     has numbered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to number, reckon <BR> 1a) (P'al) to number <BR> 1b) (Pael) to appoint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·nāh-
         has numbered 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     the days of your reign 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯāḵ
         the days of your reign 
    
 
        
            וְהַשְׁלְמַֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַשְׁלְמַֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haš·lə·mah
                
                
                     and brought it to an end . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8000 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be complete, be finished, be sound <BR> 1a) (P'al) finished (participle) <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to finish, bring to an end, render in full 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haš·lə·mah
         and brought it to an end . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            TEKEL means that you have been weighed on the scales and found deficient.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תְּקֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּקֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·qêl
                
                
                     TEKEL 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8625 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to weigh <BR> 1a) (P'il) to be weighed <BR> n m <BR> 2) tekel, shekel <BR> 2a) (P'al) tekel-a unit of weight, shekel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·qêl
         TEKEL 
    
 
        
            תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·qî·lə·tāh
                
                
                     means that you have been weighed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8625 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to weigh <BR> 1a) (P'il) to be weighed <BR> n m <BR> 2) tekel, shekel <BR> 2a) (P'al) tekel-a unit of weight, shekel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·qî·lə·tāh
         means that you have been weighed 
    
 
        
            בְמֹֽאזַנְיָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְמֹֽאזַנְיָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·mō·zan·yā
                
                
                     on the scales 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3977 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scale, balance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·mō·zan·yā
         on the scales 
    
 
        
            וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥat
                
                
                     and found 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥat
         and found 
    
 
        
            חַסִּֽיר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַסִּֽיר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥas·sîr
                
                
                     deficient . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2627 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lacking, wanting, deficient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥas·sîr
         deficient . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            PERES means that your kingdom has been divided and given over to the Medes and Persians.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פְּרֵ֑ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּרֵ֑ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·rês
                
                
                     PERES 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6537 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) (P'al) to break in two, divide <BR> n m <BR> 2) half-mina, half-shekel <BR> 2a) a unit of measure and weight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·rês
         PERES 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     means that your kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯāḵ
         means that your kingdom 
    
 
        
            פְּרִיסַת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּרִיסַת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·rî·saṯ
                
                
                     has been divided 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6537 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) (P'al) to break in two, divide <BR> n m <BR> 2) half-mina, half-shekel <BR> 2a) a unit of measure and weight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·rî·saṯ
         has been divided 
    
 
        
            וִיהִיבַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיהִיבַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·hî·ḇaṯ
                
                
                     and given over 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·hî·ḇaṯ
         and given over 
    
 
        
            לְמָדַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמָדַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mā·ḏay
                
                
                     to the Medes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Medes = |middle land| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) an inhabitant of Media <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the territory inhabited by the Medes <BR> 2a) located northwest of Persia proper, south and southwest of the Caspian Sea, east of Armenia and Assyria, and west and northwest of the great salt desert of Iram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mā·ḏay
         to the Medes 
    
 
        
            וּפָרָֽס׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפָרָֽס׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ā·rās
                
                
                     and Persians . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Persia = |pure| or |splendid|<BR> 1) the empire Persia; encompassed the territory from India on the east to Egypt and Thrace on the west, and included, besides portions of Europe and Africa, the whole of western Asia between the Black Sea, the Caucasus, the Caspian and the Jaxartes on the north, the Arabian desert, the Persian Gulf and the Indian Ocean on the south <BR> 1a) Persia proper was bounded on the west by Susiana or Elam, on the north by Media, on the south by the Persian Gulf and on the east by Carmania <BR> Persian = see Persia |pure| or |splendid| <BR> 2) the people of the Persian empire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ā·rās
         and Persians . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Belshazzar gave the command, and they clothed Daniel in purple, placed a gold chain around his neck, and proclaimed him the third highest ruler in the kingdom.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֣יִן׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֣יִן׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belshazzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belshazzar = |Bel protect the king|<BR> 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belshazzar 
    
 
        
            אֲמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     gave the command , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         gave the command , 
    
 
        
            וְהַלְבִּ֤ישׁוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַלְבִּ֤ישׁוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hal·bî·šū
                
                
                     and they clothed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be clothed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be clothed <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to clothe someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hal·bî·šū
         and they clothed 
    
 
        
            לְדָֽנִיֵּאל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָֽנִיֵּאל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            אַרְגְּוָנָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְגְּוָנָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·gə·wā·nā
                
                
                     in purple , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        711 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·gə·wā·nā
         in purple , 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         
    
 
        
            דַהֲבָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַהֲבָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏa·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     placed a gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏa·hă·ḇā
         placed a gold 
    
 
        
            וְהַמּוֹנְכָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמּוֹנְכָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·mō·nə·ḵå̄
                
                
                     chain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) necklace, chain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·mō·nə·ḵå̄
         chain 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     around 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         around 
    
 
        
            צַוְּארֵ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַוְּארֵ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣaw·wə·rêh
                
                
                     his neck , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) neck 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣaw·wə·rêh
         his neck , 
    
 
        
            וְהַכְרִ֣זֽוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַכְרִ֣זֽוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haḵ·ri·zū
                
                
                     and proclaimed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3745 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to herald, proclaim, make proclamation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haḵ·ri·zū
         and proclaimed 
    
 
        
            עֲל֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲל֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         him 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         - 
    
 
        
            תַּלְתָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּלְתָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tal·tā
                
                
                     the third highest 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8531 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) third, one of three, a third part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tal·tā
         the third highest 
    
 
        
            שַׁלִּ֛יט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלִּ֛יט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·lîṭ
                
                
                     ruler 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·lîṭ
         ruler 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכוּתָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכוּתָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     in the kingdom . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵū·ṯā
         in the kingdom . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            That very night Belshazzar king of the Chaldeans was slain,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּ֚הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֚הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh
                
                
                     That 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh
         That 
    
 
        
            בְּלֵ֣ילְיָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּלֵ֣ילְיָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·lê·lə·yā
                
                
                     very night 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3916 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·lê·lə·yā
         very night 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְאשַׁצַּ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְאשַׁצַּ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belshazzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belshazzar = |Bel protect the king|<BR> 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belshazzar 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         king 
    
 
        
            כַשְׂדָּיָא׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַשְׂדָּיָא׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵaś·då̄·yå̄
                
                
                     of the Chaldeans 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldean = |clod breakers|<BR> 1) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 2) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵaś·då̄·yå̄
         of the Chaldeans 
    
 
        
            קְטִ֕יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְטִ֕יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṭîl
                
                
                     was slain , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slay, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be slain <BR> 1b) (Pael) to slay <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to be slain <BR> 1d) (Ithpael) to be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṭîl
         was slain , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and Darius the Mede received the kingdom at the age of sixty-two.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדָרְיָ֙וֶשׁ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָרְיָ֙וֶשׁ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·rə·yā·weš
                
                
                     and Darius 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1868 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Darius = |lord|<BR> 1) Darius the Mede, the son of Ahasuerus, king of the Chaldeans, who succeeded to the Babylonian kingdom on the death of Belshazzar; probably the same as |Astyages| the last king of the Medes (538 BC) (same as H01867 (1)) <BR> 2) Darius, the son of Hystaspes, the founder of the Perso-Arian dynasty (521 BC) (same as H01867 (2)) <BR> 3) Darius II or Darius III <BR> 3a) Darius II, Nothus (Ochus) was king of Persia during the time of Nehemiah (424/3-405/4 BC). Darius II is the most probable because he is mentioned by Nehemiah and ruled during the time of Nehemiah <BR> 3b) Darius III, Codomannus was king of Persia during its last years at the time of Alexander the Great and was his opponent (336-330 BC) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·rə·yā·weš
         and Darius 
    
 
        
            מָֽדָיאָ֔ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָֽדָיאָ֔ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    må̄·ḏå̄y·ʾå̄
                
                
                     the Mede 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Medes = |middle land| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) an inhabitant of Media <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the territory inhabited by the Medes <BR> 2a) located northwest of Persia proper, south and southwest of the Caspian Sea, east of Armenia and Assyria, and west and northwest of the great salt desert of Iram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        må̄·ḏå̄y·ʾå̄
         the Mede 
    
 
        
            קַבֵּ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַבֵּ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qab·bêl
                
                
                     received 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6902 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to receive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qab·bêl
         received 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         the kingdom 
    
 
        
            כְּבַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּבַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḇar
                
                
                     at the age 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1247 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḇar
         at the age 
    
 
        
            שְׁנִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8140 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שִׁתִּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁתִּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šit·tîn
                
                
                     of sixty-two 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8361 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sixty, threescore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šit·tîn
         of sixty-two 
    
 
        
            וְתַרְתֵּֽין׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתַרְתֵּֽין׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯar·tên
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (as cardinal number) <BR> 1b) second (as ordinal number)<BR> 1c) two (in combination with other numbers) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯar·tên
         . . . .